AuroraMiddleware/gtk
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk.git synced 2024-11-19 01:40:10 +00:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
9002d5c310
gtk/po-properties/fa.po

4744 lines
104 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
# Persian translation of gtk+.
# Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Roozbeh Pournader <roozbeh@sharif.edu>, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3.1\n"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-10-27 16:36-0400\n"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-03 17:49+0330\n"
"Last-Translator: Roozbeh Pournader <roozbeh@sharif.edu>\n"
"Language-Team: Persian <farsi@lists.sharif.edu>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:102
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of Channels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:103
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:113
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Colorspace"
msgstr "_نام رنگ:"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:114
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Has Alpha"
msgstr "استفاده از آلفا"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bits per Sample"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
msgstr "تعداد سطرهای جدول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:144 gtk/gtklayout.c:651 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "عرض"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:155 gtk/gtklayout.c:660
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "ارتفاع"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
msgstr "تعداد سطرهای جدول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rowstride"
msgstr "سطرها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:178
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:127
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش پیش‌فرض"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش پیش‌فرض GDK"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "نام برچسب"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:188
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:195
msgid "Program version"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:196
#, fuzzy
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "نمایه‌ی صفحه‌ی فعلی"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:202
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:203
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری ستون‌ها"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:211
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:225
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:226
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "برچسب منو"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:234
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:241
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:242
msgid "List of authors of the programs"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:248
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:249
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:256
msgid "Artists"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:257
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:264
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:265
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:272
msgid "Logo"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:273
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:281
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Link Color"
msgstr "رنگ فعلی"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:289
msgid "Color of hyperlinks"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "بستار شتاب‌ده‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "ویجت شتاب‌ده"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:196 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name"
msgstr "نام"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:204 gtk/gtkbutton.c:220 gtk/gtkexpander.c:206
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:127 gtk/gtklabel.c:300 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label"
msgstr "برچسب"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "برچسب کوتاه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:234 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:159
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:235 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "پنجره‌ی مرئی"
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:251
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:258 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:259 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:266 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:173
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "مهم است"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:267
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:275
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "اگر خالی بود مخفی شود"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:276
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:282 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:142 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:221
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:450
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "حساس"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:283
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:289 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:149 gtk/gtktreeview.c:582
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:225 gtk/gtkwidget.c:443
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "مرئی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:290
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:297
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:108 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:115
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:303
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Value"
msgstr "مقدار"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:109
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:118
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "حداقل X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:119
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:128
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "طول حداکثر"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:129
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:138
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:148
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:149
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:158
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی حداکثر"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:159
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:118
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:119 gtk/gtkbutton.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr "موقعیت افقی فرزند در فضای موجود. ۰٫۰ ردیف در چپ است، ۱٫۰ ردیف در راست."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:129 gtk/gtkbutton.c:290
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"موقعیت عمودی فرزند در فضای موجود. ۰٫۰ ردیف با بالا است، ۱٫۰ ردیف با پایین."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "مقیاس افقی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:138
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"در صورتی که فضای افقی بیشتر از میزان لازم برای فرزند باشد، این که چه‌قدر از "
"آن برای فرزند استفاده شود. ۰٫۰ یعنی هیچ، ۱٫۰ یعنی همه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "مقیاس عمودی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"در صورتی که فضای عمودی بیشتر از میزان لازم برای فرزند باشد، این که چه‌قدر از "
"آن برای فرزند استفاده شود. ۰٫۰ یعنی هیچ، ۱٫۰ یعنی همه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:164
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:165
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:100
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "جهت پیکان"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:101
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "جهتی که پیکان باید به آن اشاره کند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:108
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "سایه‌ی پیکان"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:109
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:110
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:111
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:117
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:118
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "نسبت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "حداقل عرض فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "حداقل عرض دکمه‌های داخل جعبه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "حداقل ارتفاع فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "حداقل ارتفاع دکمه‌های داخل جعبه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "سبک صفحه‌بندی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "ثانویه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:130 gtk/gtkexpander.c:230 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "مقدار فاصله بین فرزندان"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:140 gtk/gtknotebook.c:473 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:541
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "همگن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:141
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:148 gtk/gtkpreview.c:133 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:533
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:306
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expand"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:155
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fill"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "لایی‌گذاری"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:170 gtk/gtknotebook.c:517
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:176 gtk/gtknotebook.c:495 gtk/gtkpaned.c:240
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position"
msgstr "موقعیت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:177 gtk/gtknotebook.c:496
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:221
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:228 gtk/gtkexpander.c:214 gtk/gtklabel.c:321
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "استفاده از زیرخط‌دار"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:229 gtk/gtkexpander.c:215 gtk/gtklabel.c:322
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:236
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:237
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:244 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:245
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:252
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:253
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:289
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:358
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری پیش‌فرض"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:359
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:365
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری پیش‌فرض خارجی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:366
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside the "
"border"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:371
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:372
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:379
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:380
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "بلوک‌های گسسته"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:397
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:402
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:403
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
msgstr ""
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
# naashenaakhte, naashenaas, naama'loom, naamoshakhkhas
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:468
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Year"
msgstr "سال"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "سال انتخاب شده"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:475
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Month"
msgstr "ماه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:476
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "ماه انتخاب شده (به‌شکل عددی بین ۰ و ۱۱)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:482
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Day"
msgstr "روز"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:483
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"روز انتخاب شده (به شکل عددی بین ۱ و ۳۱، یا ۰ برای از انتخاب خارج کردن روز "
"انتخاب‌شده‌ی فعلی)"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:497
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:498
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:512
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "نمایش نام روزها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:526
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "ماه تغییر نکند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:527
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:541
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "نمایش شماره‌ی هفته‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "mode"
msgstr "حالت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "visible"
msgstr "مرئی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "نمایش سلول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "نمایش سلول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xalign"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "yalign"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xpad"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ypad"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:263
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:273
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "width"
msgstr "عرض"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:274
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "عرض ثابت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "height"
msgstr "ارتفاع"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:285
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "ارتفاع ثابت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "سطر فرزند دارد."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:305
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "بسط‌یافته است"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:306
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:314
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "نام رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:322
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:323
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه به‌عنوان یک GdkColor"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:332
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Model"
msgstr "حالت"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:90
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:108 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:114
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "ستون متن"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:109 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:115
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:127
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128
#, c-format
msgid "If %FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:155
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:163 gtk/gtkimage.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:164
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:171
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size"
msgstr "اندازه"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "اندازه‌ی شمایل کشیده‌شده"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "جزئیات"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "متنی که باید در نوار پیش‌رفت نمایش یابد"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:133 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:204
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:573 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text"
msgstr "متن"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "متنی که باید در نوار پیش‌رفت نمایش یابد"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "متن برای نمایش"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "نشان‌گذاری"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "متن نشان‌گذاری‌شده برای نمایش"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220 gtk/gtklabel.c:307
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "مشخصه‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:221
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "حالت تک‌بند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 gtk/gtkcellview.c:180 gtk/gtktexttag.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "نام رنگ پس‌زمینه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:238 gtk/gtkcellview.c:181 gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک رشته"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 gtk/gtkcellview.c:187 gtk/gtktexttag.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:246 gtk/gtkcellview.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک GdkColor"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 gtk/gtktexttag.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "نام رنگ پیش‌زمینه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254 gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک رشته"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 gtk/gtktexttag.c:249
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک GdkColor"
# hich-yek, hich-kodaam, be-hich-vajh, aslan
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 gtk/gtkentry.c:505 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:577
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "ویرایش‌پذیر"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:271 gtk/gtktexttag.c:276 gtk/gtktextview.c:578
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:222 gtk/gtktexttag.c:283 gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font"
msgstr "قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string"
msgstr "توصیف قلم به‌عنوان یک رشته"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtktexttag.c:292
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "توصیف قلم به‌عنوان یک PangoFontDescription struct"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295 gtk/gtktexttag.c:300
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "خانواده‌ی قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:296 gtk/gtktexttag.c:301
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "نام خانواده‌ی قلم، مثلاً ترافیک، تیتر، نازنین"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:303 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:308
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "سبک قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:317
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:321 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:326
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "وزن قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:332
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:337
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "کشیدگی قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:346
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:350 gtk/gtktexttag.c:366
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "پونت قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:351 gtk/gtktexttag.c:367
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی قلم به پونت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:360 gtk/gtktexttag.c:356
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "مقیاس قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:361
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:370 gtk/gtktexttag.c:425
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:381 gtk/gtktexttag.c:465
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:382 gtk/gtktexttag.c:466
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:389 gtk/gtktexttag.c:473
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "زیرخط‌دار"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 gtk/gtktexttag.c:474
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "سبک خط زیر برای این متن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398 gtk/gtktexttag.c:385
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language"
msgstr "زبان"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:399
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"زبانی که این متن به آن زبان است، به شکل کد ISO. پنگو می‌تواند از این مقدار "
"به‌عنوان راهنمایی هنگام نمایش متن استفاده کند. اگر این پارامتر را "
"نمی‌فهمیداحتمالاً لازمش ندارید"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:407 gtk/gtklabel.c:413
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:408
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:418 gtk/gtkcellview.c:195 gtk/gtktexttag.c:510
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419 gtk/gtkcellview.c:196 gtk/gtktexttag.c:511
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "این که آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:422 gtk/gtktexttag.c:522
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:423 gtk/gtktexttag.c:523
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "این که آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
# hich-yek, hich-kodaam, be-hich-vajh, aslan
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:426 gtk/gtktexttag.c:530
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:427 gtk/gtktexttag.c:531
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:430 gtk/gtktexttag.c:534
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:431 gtk/gtktexttag.c:535
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:434 gtk/gtktexttag.c:538
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:435 gtk/gtktexttag.c:539
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:438 gtk/gtktexttag.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:439 gtk/gtktexttag.c:543
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:442 gtk/gtktexttag.c:546
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:443 gtk/gtktexttag.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:446 gtk/gtktexttag.c:550
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:447 gtk/gtktexttag.c:551
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:450 gtk/gtktexttag.c:554
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:451 gtk/gtktexttag.c:555
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:454 gtk/gtktexttag.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:455 gtk/gtktexttag.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:458 gtk/gtktexttag.c:578
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:459 gtk/gtktexttag.c:579
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 gtk/gtktexttag.c:594
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:463 gtk/gtktexttag.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:466 gtk/gtktexttag.c:602
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:467 gtk/gtktexttag.c:603
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:470 gtk/gtktexttag.c:566
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471 gtk/gtktexttag.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:474
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr ""
# hich-yek, hich-kodaam, be-hich-vajh, aslan
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "به‌کار‌انداختنی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:100 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:141 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:108 gtk/gtkexpander.c:256 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری نشانه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:109
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:118 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:257
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "فعال"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:119
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:126 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "ناهماهنگ"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:127
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:203
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "استفاده از آلفا"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:218 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:251
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title"
msgstr "عنوان"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:233 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1782
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "رنگ فعلی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "رنگ انتخاب‌شده"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:248 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1789
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "آلفای فعلی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:249
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1768
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "کنترل تیره‌گی دارد"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1769
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1775
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "تخته رنگ دارد"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1776
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1783
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "رنگ فعلی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1790
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1804
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "تخته رنگ دست‌ساز"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1805
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "تخته‌رنگی که باید در انتخابگر رنگ استفاده شود"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable arrow keys"
msgstr "به کار انداختن کلیدهای پیکان"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Always enable arrows"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:159
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr "حساس به بزرگی و کوچکی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow empty"
msgstr "مجاز بودن خالی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:168
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value in list"
msgstr "مقدار در فهرست"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:176
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:529
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:530
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:537
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:538
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for layouting the items in a grid"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:548
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:557
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "مورد فعال"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:569
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "موردی که هم‌اکنون فعال است"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:588 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:221
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:589
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:604 gtk/gtkentry.c:530
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "قاب دارد"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:605
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:613
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:619
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Appears as list"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:620
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "حالت تغییر اندازه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border width"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:222
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child"
msgstr "فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "می‌تواند برای افزودن یک فرزند تازه به ؟؟؟ استفاده شود."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:123
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Curve type"
msgstr "نوع منحنی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum X"
msgstr "حداقل X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
msgstr "حداقل مقدار ممکن برای X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum X"
msgstr "حداکثر X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible X value"
msgstr "حداکثر مقدار ممکن برای X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Y"
msgstr "حداقل Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
msgstr "حداقل مقدار ممکن برای Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Y"
msgstr "حداکثر Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
msgstr "حداکثر مقدار ممکن برای Y"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "جداساز دارد"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری دکمه"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری بین دکمه‌ها"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:192
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:485 gtk/gtklabel.c:378
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "موقعیت مکان‌نما"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:486 gtk/gtklabel.c:379
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "موقعیت فعلی مکان‌نمای درج در نویسه‌ها."
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:495 gtk/gtklabel.c:388
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:496 gtk/gtklabel.c:389
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "موقعیت طرف مقابل انتخاب نسبت به مکان‌نما در نویسه‌ها."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:506
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:513
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "طول حداکثر"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:514
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:522
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:523
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:531
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:538
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "نویسه‌ی نامرئی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:539
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:546
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:553
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "عرض برحسب نویسه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:554
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:563
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:564
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:574
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:589 gtk/gtkmisc.c:100
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "X align"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:590 gtk/gtkmisc.c:101
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"layouts."
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:828
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:829
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:273
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "مدل کامل‌سازی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:274
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "حداقل طول کلید"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:281
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:296 gtk/gtkiconview.c:361
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "ستون متن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:297
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:315
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:316
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:330
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:331
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "پنجره‌ی مرئی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Above child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:129
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "بسط‌یافته"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:222 gtk/gtklabel.c:314
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:223 gtk/gtklabel.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "متن برچسب نشان‌گذاری XMLی دارد. به pango_parse_markup()‎ مراجعه کنید."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:231
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:240 gtk/gtkframe.c:171 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "ویجت برچسب"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:247 gtk/gtktreeview.c:704
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:248 gtk/gtktreeview.c:705
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری دور ؟؟؟"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:176
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:183
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "File System Backend"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:184
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "صافی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "فقط محلی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:196
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "ویجت پیش‌نمایش"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:213
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "متن پیش‌نمایش"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:214
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "ویجت اضافی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:226 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:576
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "نمایش مخفی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:244
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:245
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:252
#, fuzzy
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "عنوان پنجره"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:258
msgid "Whether the browse dialog is visible or not."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "عرض برحسب نویسه"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:263
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:589
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:590
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:560 gtk/gtkimage.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "نام پرونده"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:561
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The currently selected filename"
msgstr "نام پرونده‌ای که فعلاً انتخاب شده"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show file operations"
msgstr "نمایش عملیات پرونده‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select multiple"
msgstr "انتخاب چندگانه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:122 gtk/gtklayout.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position"
msgstr "موقعیت X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:123 gtk/gtklayout.c:616
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "موقعیت X ویجت فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:132 gtk/gtklayout.c:625
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "موقعیت Y"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:133 gtk/gtklayout.c:626
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "موقعیت Y ویجت فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:193
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "نام قلم انتخاب‌شده"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:194
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "نمایش سبک"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "نمایش اندازه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:258
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The X string that represents this font"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
msgstr "GdkFontی که هم‌اکنون انتخاب شده است"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "متن پیش‌نمایش"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "متن برچسب قاب."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی برچسب"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:155 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "سایه‌ی قاب"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:172
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:207 gtk/gtkmenubar.c:157 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:201
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582 gtk/gtkviewport.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "نوع سایه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "موقعیت دست‌گیره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "موقعیت دست‌گیره نسبت به ویجت فرزند."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:235
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "مدل کامل‌سازی"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "سال انتخاب شده"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "ستون متن"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:344
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:362
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "نشان‌گذاری"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:382
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:389
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:390
#, fuzzy
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "مدل نمایش درختی"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:397 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:507
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "جهت"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:398
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "رنگ سطرهای زوج"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:407
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:413
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:414
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:159
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "نقشه‌نقطه‌ای"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr ""
# paak kardan, rad kardan, tamiz kardan, door rikhtan, rowshan kardan, towzih daadan
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "تصویر"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "نقاب"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "نام پرونده برای بار کردن و نمایش."
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "مجموعه‌شمایل"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "مجموعه‌شمایلی که باید نمایش یابد."
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی شمایل"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:216
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی حداکثر"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:233
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "پویانمایی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:257 gtk/gtkwindow.c:563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "نام قلم انتخاب‌شده"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:265
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "نوع حافظه"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:266
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "ویجت تصویر"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:145
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "نمایش شماره‌ی هفته‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:146
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:116 gtk/gtkwindow.c:571
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:117 gtk/gtkwindow.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "صفحه‌ای که این پنجره در آن نمایش خواهد یافت"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:301
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "متن برچسب"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:308
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:329 gtk/gtktexttag.c:376 gtk/gtktextview.c:594
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:338
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "الگو"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:339
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:346
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:347
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:353
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "انتخاب‌پذیر"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:354
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:360
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:361
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:369
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:370
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:414
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "Width In Chararacters"
msgstr "عرض برحسب نویسه"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:432
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:635 gtk/gtkviewport.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:636 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:239
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:643 gtk/gtkviewport.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:644 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:652
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:661
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:521
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:522
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:536
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:537
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:544
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:552
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:553
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:561
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:562
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:573 gtk/gtktable.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:580
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:581
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:588
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:589
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:597 gtk/gtktable.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:684
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:685
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:691
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:699
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:165 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:173
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:247 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:194
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "منو"
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:248
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:140
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "جداساز دارد"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:141
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "نوع پیغام"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "نوع پیغام"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:155
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "دکمه‌های پیغام"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:110
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y align"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:111
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:120
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X pad"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
# paak kardan, rad kardan, tamiz kardan, door rikhtan, rowshan kardan, towzih daadan
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:401
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Page"
msgstr "صفحه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:402
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "نمایه‌ی صفحه‌ی فعلی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:410
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:411
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:418
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Border"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:419
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:427
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:428
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:436
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:437
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:445
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:446
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:452
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:453
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:459
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:460
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:466
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "به کار انداختن واشو"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:467
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:474
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:481
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:482
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:488
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "برچسب منو"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:489
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:502
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:503
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:509
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:510
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:516
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:532 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:115
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:533
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:549 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:123
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:550
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:565 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:99
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:566 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:100
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:581 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:107
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:582 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:108
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The menu of options"
msgstr "منوی گزینه‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Spacing around indicator"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری دور ؟؟؟"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:249
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:256
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی دست‌گیره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "عرض دست‌گیره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:273
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:274
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:291
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:292
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:309
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "تغییر اندازه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:310
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:325
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:326
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpreview.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity mode"
msgstr "حالت فعالیت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
"is used when you're doing something that you don't know how long it will take"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "نمایش متن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:143 gtk/gtkrange.c:334 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "راستا و جهت رشد نوار پیش‌رفت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bar style"
msgstr "سبک نوار"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Step"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:179
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Blocks"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:180
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity mode "
"(Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Discrete Blocks"
msgstr "بلوک‌های گسسته"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the discrete "
"style)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "درصد"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:210
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "متنی که باید در نوار پیش‌رفت نمایش یابد"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The value"
msgstr "مقدار"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:156 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:113
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "گروه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:157
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:114
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:325
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "سیاست به‌هنگام‌سازی"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:326
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:335
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:342
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "معکوس"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:343
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:349
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:350
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:357
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:358
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:365
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:366
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:373
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:374
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری بین دکمه‌ها و ..."
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:381
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:382
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:389
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:390
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:120
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:141
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی حداکثر"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "حداکثر اندازه‌ی خط‌کش"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:172 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "ارقام"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:173
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "تعداد ارقام اعشاری‌ای که در مقدار نمایش می‌یابند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "موقعیت مقدار"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری مقدار"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:83
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:91
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:116
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a secondary forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:238 gtk/gtktext.c:603 gtk/gtktreeview.c:566
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:245 gtk/gtktext.c:611 gtk/gtktreeview.c:574
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:252
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:253
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:269
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:277
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "نوع سایه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:285
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:286
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:286
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:287
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:294
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milleseconds"
msgstr "زمان دوره‌ی چشمک‌زدن مکان‌نما، برحسب میلی‌ثانیه"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:302
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:303
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:310
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "نام تم"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:311
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "نام پرونده‌ی RC تم برای بار کردن"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:318
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:319
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:327
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "نام کلید تم"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:328
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:336
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:337
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:345
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:346
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:354
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:355
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "نام قلم پیش‌فرض برای استفاده"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:363
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "اندازه‌های شمایل"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:364
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16;gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:372
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:373
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:382
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:383
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:392
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:393
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:402
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:403
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "What degree of hinting to use; none, slight, medium, or full"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:412
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:413
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:422
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:423
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:432
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:433
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "حالت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:244
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group effects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "عددی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:286
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "پیچیدن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:287
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:294
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "سیاست به‌هنگام‌سازی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:304
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:313
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "سطرها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "تعداد سطرهای جدول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "ستون‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:178
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری سطرها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:179
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:187
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری ستون‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:196
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogenous"
msgstr "همگن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE this means the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:211
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:218
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "گزینه‌های افقی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:239
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "گزینه‌های عمودی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:247
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:253
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:254
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:619
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line Wrap"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:620
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:627
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Word Wrap"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:628
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:184
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:185
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "نام برچسب"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:224
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:258
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:259
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:266
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "جهت متن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:267
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "جهت متن، مثلاً راست‌به‌چپ یا چپ‌به‌راست"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:309
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:318
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:327
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:338
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:347
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی قلم به واحد پانگو"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:357
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:377 gtk/gtktextview.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:386
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"زبانی که این متن به آن زبان است، به شکل کد ISO. پنگو می‌تواند از این مقدار "
"به‌عنوان راهنمایی هنگام نمایش متن استفاده کند. اگر این پارامتر را "
"نمی‌فهمیداحتمالاً لازمش ندارید"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:393
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی چپ"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:394 gtk/gtktextview.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "عرض حاشیه‌ی چپ برحسب نقطه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:403
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی راست"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:404 gtk/gtktextview.c:614
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "عرض حاشیه‌ی راست برحسب نقطه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:414 gtk/gtktextview.c:623
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "تورفتگی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:415 gtk/gtktextview.c:624
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "میزان تورفتگی بند، برحسب نقطه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:426
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in pixels"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:435
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "نقطه‌های بالای خط‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:436 gtk/gtktextview.c:548
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:445
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "نقطه‌های زیر خط‌ها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:446 gtk/gtktextview.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:455
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:456 gtk/gtktextview.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:482
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "حالت پیچیدن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:483 gtk/gtktextview.c:586
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:492 gtk/gtktextview.c:633
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:493 gtk/gtktextview.c:634
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:500
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "نامرئی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:501
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:514
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:515
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:518
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:526
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:527
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:562
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:563
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:570
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:571
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:574
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:582
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:583 gtk/gtktexttag.c:587
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:586
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:590
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:591
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:598
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:599
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:606
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:607
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:610
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:611
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:614
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:557
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:585
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "حالت پیچیدن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:603
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی چپ"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:613
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی راست"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:641
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:642
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:649
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:650
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:657
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "حالت رونویسی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:658
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:665
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:666
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:675
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:676
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:508
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:516
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "سبک نوار ابزار"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:517
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:524
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "نمایش پیکان"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:525
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:534
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:549
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:550
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "سبک فاصله"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:576
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:583
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:589
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "سبک نوار ابزار"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar icon size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی شمایل نوار ابزار"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:597
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in default toolbars"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:196
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:203
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:210
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "مدل نمایش درختی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:583
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:590
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:591
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:598
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:599
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:606 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:607
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:614
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:622
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "به کار انداختن جستجو"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:623
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:630
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "ستون جستجو"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:631
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Model column to search through when searching through code"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:651
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "حالت ارتفاع ثابت"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:652
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:672
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:673
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:692
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "بسط‌یافته است"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:693
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collaped when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:713
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "عرض جداساز عمودی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:714
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "فاصله‌ی عمودی بین خانه‌ها. باید عدد زوج باشد"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:722
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "عرض جداساز افقی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:723
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "فاصله‌ی افقی بین خانه‌ها. باید عدد زوج باشد"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:731
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:732
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:738
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:739
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr ""
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:745
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "رنگ سطرهای زوج"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:746
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "رنگی که برای سطرهای زوج استفاده می‌شود"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:752
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "رنگ سطرهای فرد"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:753
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "رنگی که برای سطرهای فرد استفاده می‌شود"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:233 gtk/gtkwindow.c:494
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "عرض فعلی ستون"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:251
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:259
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:268
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "عرض ثابت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:269
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "عرض ثابت فعلی ستون"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "عرض حداقل"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:288
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "عرض حداکثر"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:289
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:307
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:314
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:323
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:349
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:350
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:357
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "ترتیب مرتب‌سازی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:358
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:222
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:410
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:411
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:417
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "درخواست عرض"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:418
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:425
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "درخواست ارتفاع"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:426
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:434
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "درخواست ارتفاع"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:435
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:444
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:451
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:457
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application paintable"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:458
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:464
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:465
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:471
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:472
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:478
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:479
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:485
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can default"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:486
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:492
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "پیش‌فرض دارد"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:493
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:499
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:500
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:506
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:507
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:513
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style"
msgstr "سبک"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:514
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:520
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Events"
msgstr "رویدادها"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:521
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:528
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:529
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:536
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No show all"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:537
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1378
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1379
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1385
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1386
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1392
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1393
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1398
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1399
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1404
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "رنگ مکان‌نما"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1405
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1410
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "رنگ مکان‌نمای ثانویه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1411
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1416
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1417
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:452
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "نوع پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:453
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "نوع این پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:461
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "عنوان پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:462
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "عنوان پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "نقش پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:470
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:477
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:479
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:486
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:487
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:495
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:502
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Modal"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:503
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:510
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "موقعیت پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:511
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "موقعیت اولیه‌ی پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:519
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "عرض پیش‌فرض"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:520
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:529
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "ارتفاع پیش‌فرض"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:530
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:539
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "تخریب با ؟؟؟"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:540
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "شمایل"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:548
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "شمایل این پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:564
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "شمایل این پنجره"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:579
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "فعال است"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:580
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:587
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:588
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:605
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:613
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:627
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:628
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:642
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:643
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:657
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:658
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:673
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "ثقل"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:674
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "ثقل پنجره"
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:339
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:340
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Row separator column"
#~ msgstr "جداساز دارد"
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#~ msgid "Folder Mode"
#~ msgstr "حالت پوشه"
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink